Posts Tagged ‘Swing Dance’
Sold Out Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
This Course Has Already Started - But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class...
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive - Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course - Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm - Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
This Course Has Already Started – But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class…
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
The Havant free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
The Havant free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
The Havant free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
View Horizontally if Using A Mobile Device
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
View Horizontally if Using A Mobile Device
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Havant
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Havant
Wednesday, January 26, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 30, 2022 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Book by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to help you decide whether to join our course, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead of attending a venue. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue via this page though – (booking the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue).
Missed A Few Weeks At The Start of the Course?
You could join still the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course – the content is exactly the same.
Simply book using the button above and you’ll get access to the online course. Make sure you allow time to catch-up at, then join in with your local class when you are ready.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
| Details | Price | Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Free Trial (Wk1) | FREE | Sold Out |
| Course Fee (Wk1-10) | £80.00 | Sold Out |
| Course Fee | £90.00 | Sold Out |
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
| Details | Price | Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Free Trial (Wk1) | FREE | Sold Out |
| Course Fee (Wk1-10) | £80.00 | Sold Out |
| Course Fee | £90.00 | Sold Out |
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
| Details | Price | Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Free Trial (Wk1) | FREE | Sold Out |
| Course Fee (Wk1-10) | £80.00 | Sold Out |
| Course Fee | £90.00 | Sold Out |
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
The Havant free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Week 2 Trial At This Venue
At this venue, we are offering a free trial on the 2nd week of the course. All the key information from the first session is recapped, you can also check back on our online free trial, which covers exactly the same material.
Join Us At Warblington School, PO9 2RR – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
The free trial class on the first lesson has already taken place this term. However, you can still join the course up to the 3rd week. There are other ways you can take a Week 1 free trial.
How Else You Can Take a Week 1 Free Trial Class…
Either take our online trial or take a trial at a different location. Either way, you can still participate at this venue as long as you register and pay before the start of Week 3.
You can take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for this venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You could also take a free trial class at an alternative venue, then register and pay for the course at your preferred venue (subject to availability). A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime before the start of the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
The Havant free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Week 2 Trial At This Venue
At this venue, we are offering a free trial on the 2nd week of the course. All the key information from the first session is recapped, you can also check back on our online free trial, which covers exactly the same material.
The free trial class on the first lesson has already taken place this term. However, you can still join the course up to the 3rd week. There are other ways you can take a Week 1 free trial.
How Else You Can Take a Week 1 Free Trial Class...
Either take our online trial or take a trial at a different location. Either way, you can still participate at this venue as long as you register and pay before the start of Week 3.
You can take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You'll still be able to book and pay the course fee for this venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won't register you at a local venue.
You could also take a free trial class at an alternative venue, then register and pay for the course at your preferred venue (subject to availability). A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you'll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime before the start of the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
Welcome!
If you're here then you've heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
...Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don't need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at our discounted rate.
Can't Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can't attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You'll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won't register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Joining Late
After the free trial, you'll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in....
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You'll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
"Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you." Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
"Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked." (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
"The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work." Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes... or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn't suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you'll be having so much fun that you won't notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can't wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2-person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details - please check your spam filter if these don't arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues, and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it's time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners' trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don't want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you've completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you'll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There is a series of 6 x 10-week courses, progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You'll Love The Music
You'll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock'n'roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we'll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock'n'roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can't Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginner's course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial - simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial at an alternative venue - book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial - use the "Course Fee" ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course - click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
The Havant free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we'll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Sold Out Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Teacher
Franchise Owner
This Course Has Already Started - But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class...
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive - Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course - Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm - Tuesday, April 12, 2022 8:15 pm
Teacher
Franchise Owner
This Course Has Already Started – But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class…
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, April 5, 2022 8:15 pm
This Course Has Already Started – But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class…
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, April 5, 2022 8:15 pm
This Course Has Already Started – But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class…
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, April 5, 2022 8:15 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, April 5, 2022 8:15 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, April 5, 2022 8:15 pm
The Romsey free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, April 5, 2022 8:15 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, April 5, 2022 8:15 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, March 29, 2022 8:15 pm
View Horizontally if Using A Mobile Device
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, March 29, 2022 8:15 pm
View Horizontally if Using A Mobile Device
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, March 29, 2022 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Romsey
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Romsey
Tuesday, January 25, 2022 7:15 pm – Tuesday, March 29, 2022 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Book by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to help you decide whether to join our course, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead of attending a venue. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue via this page though – (booking the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue).
Missed A Few Weeks At The Start of the Course?
You could join still the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course – the content is exactly the same.
Simply book using the button above and you’ll get access to the online course. Make sure you allow time to catch-up at, then join in with your local class when you are ready.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
| Details | Price | Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Free Trial (Wk1) | FREE | Sold Out |
| Course Fee (Wk1-10) | £80.00 | Sold Out |
| Course Fee | £90.00 | Sold Out |
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
| Details | Price | Qty |
|---|---|---|
| Free Trial (Wk1) | FREE | Sold Out |
| Course Fee (Wk1-10) | £80.00 | Sold Out |
| Course Fee | £90.00 | Sold Out |
This free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Week 2 Trial At This Venue
At this venue, we are offering a free trial on the 2nd week of the course. All the key information from the first session is recapped, you can also check back on our online free trial, which covers exactly the same material.
This free trial is currently full, but we do get cancellations, so if you complete the contact form below we’ll let you know as soon as any spaces become available.
Everybody who participates in the free trial has a space reserved to join the course, so if you are offered a free trial space you will also be able to book onto the rest of the course directly after the trial.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Week 2 Trial At This Venue
At this venue, we are offering a free trial on the 2nd week of the course. All the key information from the first session is recapped, you can also check back on our online free trial, which covers exactly the same material.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Week 2 Trial At This Venue
At this venue, we are offering a free trial on the 2nd week of the course. All the key information from the first session is recapped, you can also check back on our online free trial, which covers exactly the same material.
Join Us At Romsey Community School, SO51 8ZB – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
The free trial class on the first lesson has already taken place this term. However, you can still join the course up to the 3rd week. There are other ways you can take a Week 1 free trial.
How Else You Can Take a Week 1 Free Trial Class…
Either take our online trial or take a trial at a different location. Either way, you can still participate at this venue as long as you register and pay before the start of Week 3.
You can take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for this venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You could also take a free trial class at an alternative venue, then register and pay for the course at your preferred venue (subject to availability). A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime before the start of the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Week 2 Trial At This Venue
At this venue, we are offering a free trial on the 2nd week of the course. All the key information from the first session is recapped, you can also check back on our online free trial, which covers exactly the same material.
The free trial class on the first lesson has already taken place this term. However, you can still join the course up to the 3rd week. There are other ways you can take a Week 1 free trial.
How Else You Can Take a Week 1 Free Trial Class...
Either take our online trial or take a trial at a different location. Either way, you can still participate at this venue as long as you register and pay before the start of Week 3.
You can take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You'll still be able to book and pay the course fee for this venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won't register you at a local venue.
You could also take a free trial class at an alternative venue, then register and pay for the course at your preferred venue (subject to availability). A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you'll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime before the start of the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
Welcome!
If you're here then you've heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
...Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don't need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at our discounted rate.
Can't Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can't attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You'll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won't register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Joining Late
After the free trial, you'll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in....
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You'll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
"Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you." Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
"Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked." (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
"The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work." Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes... or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn't suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you'll be having so much fun that you won't notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can't wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2-person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details - please check your spam filter if these don't arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues, and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it's time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners' trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don't want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you've completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you'll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There is a series of 6 x 10-week courses, progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You'll Love The Music
You'll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock'n'roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we'll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock'n'roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can't Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginner's course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial - simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial at an alternative venue - book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial - use the "Course Fee" ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course - click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
Sold Out Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Teacher
Franchise Owner
This Course Has Already Started - But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class...
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive - Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course - Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 8:30 pm - Wednesday, March 16, 2022 9:30 pm
Teacher
Franchise Owner
This Course Has Already Started – But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class…
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 9:30 pm
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
This Course Has Already Started – But You Could Still Join Up To Week 3
Want to try before you buy? Read below to see how to take a free trial class…
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 9:30 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 9:30 pm
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 9:30 pm
View Horizontally If Using a Mobile Device
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 8:30 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 9:30 pm
View Horizontally If Using a Mobile Device
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Fareham
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Fareham
Wednesday, January 12, 2022 7:15 pm – Wednesday, March 16, 2022 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN – Click For More Venue Details
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Book by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to help you decide whether to join our course, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead of attending a venue. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue via this page though – (booking the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue).
Missed A Few Weeks At The Start of the Course?
You could join still the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course – the content is exactly the same.
Simply book using the button above and you’ll get access to the online course. Make sure you allow time to catch-up at, then join in with your local class when you are ready.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Join Us At Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN – Click For More Venue Details
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
Welcome!
If you’re here then you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by 11.55pm on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
…Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don’t need a free trial, you can book and pay on any date before the first lesson at our discounted rate. As the first lesson of the course is the free trial, you don’t need to book a free trial when paying in advance.
Can’t Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can’t attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime up to the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massage range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
The free trial is only available on the first week of a course. At this venue, the free trial class has already taken place this term. However, you can still join the course up to the 3rd week, you can also take a free trial in a different way.
How to Take a Free Trial Class…
Either take our online trial or take a trial at a different location. Either way, you can still participate at this venue as long as you register and pay before the start of Week 3.
You can take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for this venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You could also take a free trial class at an alternative venue, then register and pay for the course at your preferred venue (subject to availability). A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime before the start of the the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
Join Us At Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN – Click For More Venue Details
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Free 12 Month Course Repeat Guarantee
Free Catch-Up Classes at Alternative Locations
Free 12 Month Access to Online Course, On-Demand
The free trial class on the first lesson has already taken place this term. However, you can still join the course up to the 3rd week. There are other ways you can take a Week 1 free trial.
How Else You Can Take a Week 1 Free Trial Class…
Either take our online trial or take a trial at a different location. Either way, you can still participate at this venue as long as you register and pay before the start of Week 3.
You can take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You’ll still be able to book and pay the course fee for this venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won’t register you at a local venue.
You could also take a free trial class at an alternative venue, then register and pay for the course at your preferred venue (subject to availability). A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you’ll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime before the start of the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
Join Us At Fareham Social Club, PO16 0TN – Click For More Venue Details
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
The free trial class on the first lesson has already taken place this term. However, you can still join the course up to the 3rd week. There are other ways you can take a Week 1 free trial.
How Else You Can Take a Week 1 Free Trial Class...
Either take our online trial or take a trial at a different location. Either way, you can still participate at this venue as long as you register and pay before the start of Week 3.
You can take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You'll still be able to book and pay the course fee for this venue on this page. Make sure you return here to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won't register you at a local venue.
You could also take a free trial class at an alternative venue, then register and pay for the course at your preferred venue (subject to availability). A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Join Up To Session 3
After the free trial, you'll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join anytime before the start of the 3rd session, but the standard course fee applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in....
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You'll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
"Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you." Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
"Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked." (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
"The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work." Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes... or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn't suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you'll be having so much fun that you won't notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can't wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2-person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details - please check your spam filter if these don't arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues, and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it's time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners' trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don't want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you've completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you'll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There is a series of 6 x 10-week courses, progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You'll Love The Music
You'll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock'n'roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we'll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock'n'roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can't Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginner's course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial - simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial at an alternative venue - book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial - use the "Course Fee" ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course - click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
Expired Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive - Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course - Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm - Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Voucher code: £10OFF
Book Absolute Beginners SwingJive – Demo Page
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Get £10 off per person! Use voucher code: £10OFF
Expires Midnight After Free Trial Lesson
Book Begs Jive Demo
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course – Demo
Monday, January 16, 2023 7:15 pm – Monday, March 20, 2023 8:15 pm
Use voucher code £10OFF £10 off per person Expires midnight 16/01/23
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial on the first week of the course, then return to this page after the free trial to pay your course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course in Advance
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead.
Missed The Start of Term?
You can join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online equivalent, so simply book your places above and get ready to catch up!
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You can join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online equivalent, so simply book your places above and get ready to catch up!
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You can join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online equivalent, so simply book your places above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online equivalent after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online equivalent after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day Hour Minute Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day
Hour
Minute
Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day
Hour
Minute
Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here directly after the free trial to pay your course fee.
Discount For Booking by Midnight
Use the voucher code shown above before midnight on the evening of your free trial to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee.
…Or Book The Full Course At Any Time
If you don’t need a free trial to convince you, you can book and pay at any time.
Can’t Make The Free Trial?
Simply take our online, on-demand free trial instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial. You’ll still be welcome to join the course at this venue.
Missed The Start of the Course?
You could join the course at this venue if you catch up using our online course. You’ll get free access to the online course after you pay for your places, so simply book using the button above and get ready to catch up!
The First Lesson Starts in….
Day
Hour
Minute
Second
Welcome!
If you landed here you’ve heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Click Here For Upcoming Venue-Based Free Trials
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You’ll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
“Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you.” Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
“Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked.” (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces with COVID-safe Venue Based Classes… or Learn Online!
Dancing provides a wide range of physical and mental health benefits. Our COVID-safe plan means we have just a limited number of spaces, and venue-based learning will be supported by free online, pre-recorded on-demand learning. Our courses are already designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. If venue-based learning doesn’t suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you’ll be having so much fun that you won’t notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can’t wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2 person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details – please check your spam filter if these don’t arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it’s time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners’ trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don’t want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you’ve completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you’ll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You’ll Love The Music
You’ll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock’n’roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we’ll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock’n’roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can’t Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial – simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a “late” free trial on Week 2 – use the “Free Trial Wk2” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Take a free trial an alternative venue – book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial – use the “Course Fee” ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course – click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
COVID-safe Classes
Making our classes COVID-safe is a high priority and we have a plan in place to help achieve this. Please check over our plan, by booking we understand that you are happy to go ahead with classes on the basis of the plan. This course is available on a first-come-first-serve basis and numbers will be limited in line with our COVID-safe plan. Everybody signing up for location-based classes will have access to our online courses this term.
Standard Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Welcome!
If you're here then you've heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Try Before You Buy
Book a free trial for the first week of the course, then return here to pay your course fee after the lesson.
£10pp Discount For Booking Directly After Your Free Trial
Pay for the course by midnight on the evening of the Week 1 free trial date to get an extra £10 per person off the course fee, compared to the standard rate.
...Or Book The Full Course In Advance
If you don't need a free trial, you can book and pay before the first lesson at our discounted rate.
Can't Make The Free Trial At This Venue?
If you can't attend the first week you can simply take our online, on-demand free trial at a time that suits you instead. Click this link to enrol in the online free trial.
You'll still be able to book and pay the course fee for classes at your local venue. Make sure you return back to THIS PAGE to book for your local venue, as paying for the online-only course won't register you at a local venue.
You can also take a trial and pay at an alternative venue, then transfer to your preferred venue subject to availability. A full list of locations with free trials can be found on this link.
Joining Late
After the free trial, you'll need to pay the course fee before attending again. You can pay to join late and catch up with our online course, but the standard course fee at your venue applies regardless of how many sessions you attend in total. We recommend that you take our online free trial if you miss the free trial at your local venue.
Extra Lessons Free!
All paying participants can benefit from free access to the full course online, free catch-up lessons at alternative venues and a 12-month free repeat guarantee, meaning you have a massive range of opportunities to learn the content on our Absolute Beginners course.
The First Lesson Starts in....
Find Out More!
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never done any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You'll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
"Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you." Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
"Bob and Bridgette are very good and patient teachers. They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked." (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
"The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work." Denise, Fareham
Limited Spaces at Venue-Based Classes... or Learn Online!
Venue-based learning is supported by free access to the same online course, which is pre-recorded and available on-demand. If venue-based learning doesn't suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content anywhere in the world!
Click Here For An On-Demand Online Free Trial
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue-based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk and you are 18 or over you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you'll be having so much fun that you won't notice all those calories you are burning!
Click Here to Find Your Nearest Free Trial Class Location!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Age ranges vary wildly, from our minimum of 18*-80. Our classes are particularly popular with couples keen to share a hobby and spend quality time together. This covers both young professionals as well as couples rebuilding a fun social life, perhaps after years of child-rearing. We also see lots of mother/daughter, sister/sister, girl/girl, boy/boy & girl/boy friend pairings.
Often reluctant husbands are dragged along by enthusiastic wives, yet by the end of the free trial, it is the gents who can't wait to sign up for the course.
Book Your Free Trial Space in Advance with a Dance Partner
When joining our venue-based classes, please ensure you are attending with a dance partner. We set a 2-person minimum booking for our location-based courses so please book both places at the same time using our online booking system. Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details - please check your spam filter if these don't arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Some people are lucky enough to find a dance partner easily. For those without an obvious dance partner, asking within their own network of friends, family, colleagues, and neighbours can reveal somebody who is interested to give the class a go.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it's time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners' trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time, and place for 9 further one-hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don't want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you've completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you'll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There is a series of 6 x 10-week courses, progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You'll Love The Music
You'll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level, we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock'n'roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we'll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock'n'roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist below!
Click Here to Book Your Free Trial Class in a Local Venue!
Can't Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10-week period, the free trial evening is one 1 specific date each term for each beginner's course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial - simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a free trial at an alternative venue - book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the Course without Taking a Free Trial - use the "Course Fee" ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course - click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
Expired Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course incl Free Trial – Poole
Teacher
Franchise Owner
Welcome!
If you landed here you've heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never taken any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You'll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
"Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you." Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
"They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked." (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Places in Venues... or Learn Online!
To maximize your enjoyment we limit the number of places depending on the size of the hall. Our courses are designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. Venue-based learning is supported by free online, on-demand access to the same course at our online school. If venue-based learning doesn't suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content at any time, anywhere in the world!
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you'll be having so much fun that you won't notice all those calories you are burning!
Options For Learning With A Partner
Fixed Partner Courses
Most of our 10-week courses are designed to be taken with a dance partner that you book with. You stay together throughout all the lessons, so this option is ideal when two people want to learn exclusively together. These courses have a 2 person minimum booking requirement, so you need to book both places at the same time using our online booking system.
Partner Rotation Courses
Occasionally, we run "partner rotation" courses. Teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. There is no minimum booking requirement on partner rotation courses.
Although we may occasionally offer "lead" or "follow" tickets that specify your role, everybody booking an "open" ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Book Your Course Places
Unless stated clearly, you should assume that a course is "Fixed Partner".
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details - please check your spam filter if these don't arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our fixed partner courses are popular with couples keen to share a hobby, spend quality time together and rebuild a social life, often at the end of the child-rearing years. We also welcome many couples preparing for wedding receptions, other celebrations and holidays.
Pairings include parent/offspring, sibling/sibling, friend/friend pairings as well as couples who are life partners.
Our partner rotation courses are popular with individuals, couples and groups of friends who are looking to get active while expanding their social circle.
These are adult-only classes, so all participants must be at least 18. There is no upper limit.
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it's time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners' trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don't want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you've completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you'll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You can visit our home page for more info about lots more classes and events.
You'll Love The Music
You'll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock'n'roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we'll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock'n'roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist! There are are more playlists on this link.
Can't Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is on a specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial - simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a "late" free trial on Week 2 - use the "Free Trial Wk2" ticket option when booking your preferred course or contact us.
- Take a free trial at an alternative venue - book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the course without taking a free trial - use the "Course Fee" ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course - click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.
Expired Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course incl Free Trial – Dorchester
Teacher
Franchise Owner
Welcome!
If you landed here you've heard about our amazing Absolute Beginners Jive Course, including a free trial class. Look through the content below to find out what to expect.
Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course is designed for you if you have never done any jive or swing dance before. In fact, most new starters have never taken any kind of dance class at all. These courses are a perfect starting point for a weekly adult, evening partner dance class and they lead into an exciting, fun and sociable new world. You'll stay with the partner you bring throughout the course.
"Hi, Just wanted to say how much my husband and I enjoyed our first dance session last night and what a fun night we had and to thank you." Kind Regards, Angela, Farnham
"They made the course fun and gave lots of encouragement. We thought the method of teaching, concentrating on and perfecting one move at a time, worked." (Anita & Mike, Farnborough)
“The best thing I ever did was to learn to swing jive, I just love it. Thank you for all the great courses, keep up the good work.” Denise, Fareham
Limited Places in Venues... or Learn Online!
To maximize your enjoyment we limit the number of places depending on the size of the hall. Our courses are designed so that you stay with your partner throughout. Venue-based learning is supported by free online, on-demand access to the same course at our online school. If venue-based learning doesn't suit you, then join our online school to learn exactly the same content at any time, anywhere in the world!
See What You Can Learn on The Free Trial
Whether you attend one of our venue based classes, or trial online, you should be able to dance the following moves by the end of our free trial class.
Open To All Adult Ages and Levels of Fitness
As long as you can walk you should be able to take part. The beauty of this style of dancing is that you can push yourself to whatever energy level you are comfortable with. Dancing is a great form of exercise, you'll be having so much fun that you won't notice all those calories you are burning!
Options For Learning With A Partner
Fixed Partner Courses
Most of our 10-week courses are designed to be taken with a dance partner that you book with. You stay together throughout all the lessons, so this option is ideal when two people want to learn exclusively together. These courses have a 2 person minimum booking requirement, so you need to book both places at the same time using our online booking system.
Partner Rotation Courses
Occasionally, we run "partner rotation" courses. Teachers will organise the room so that dancers rotate partners at regular intervals for participants, which makes it a great opportunity to socialise. There is no minimum booking requirement on partner rotation courses.
Although we may occasionally offer "lead" or "follow" tickets that specify your role, everybody booking an "open" ticket could be asked to dance either role.
Book Your Course Places
Unless stated clearly, you should assume that a course is "Fixed Partner".
Simply book your spaces on our free trial class at the class that suits you best. Our system will send a registration email to confirm the venue, date and time details - please check your spam filter if these don't arrive in your inbox within an hour of booking.
Get a Head Start!
If you would like to get a head start before attending a trial, you can take our online free trial, which contains the same content, or even book a private lesson first before your trial class, either in-person or online!
Who Typically Attends Venue-Based Classes?
Our fixed partner courses are popular with couples keen to share a hobby, spend quality time together and rebuild a social life, often at the end of the child-rearing years. We also welcome many couples preparing for wedding receptions, other celebrations and holidays.
Pairings include parent/offspring, sibling/sibling, friend/friend pairings as well as couples who are life partners.
Our partner rotation courses are popular with individuals, couples and groups of friends who are looking to get active while expanding their social circle.
These are adult-only classes, so all participants must be at least 18. There is no upper limit.
What to Expect on Free Trial Day
Arrive just before the advertised start time for your lesson so the teachers can greet you. Groups are typically between 12 and 30 people, everybody is an absolute beginner so everybody will be experiencing similar nerves and excitement. Once it's time to start we do a gentle warm-up and teach a couple of simple moves which you can dance on a loop. Before the end of the session, the teachers will demonstrate all the moves coming up on the course.
Paying For The Course
Most people pay for the full course directly at the end of the beginners' trial session. To make our admin and planning easier we always offer a discounted price if you pay on or before the night of your trial. If you wait until the following day or week the full price is charged.
If you are committed to joining the course regardless of the free trial on the first week you can pay in advance via the relevant course booking page. Payment secures your place on the course.
See What You Can Learn on The Full Course
Building Your Abilities Week-By-Week
The Absolute Beginners SwingJive Course continues on the same day, time and place for 9 further one hour sessions after the free trial week. The course builds week by week, recapping the move from the previous lesson as part of the standard format, and drawing on moves from earlier in the term as you start to build sequences.
For this reason, we don't want any participants to get left behind, so we are looking for people who can commit to attending most weeks (or can catch up via online learning). This ensures a higher quality learning experience for the whole group. For this reason, we only accept payment for the full course. Most customers understand the benefit of attending every week and pre-payment is a great incentive.
Each evening we run 2 or 3 x 1-hour classes. There is normally a 15-minute handover between classes. During this interval, (either before or after your lesson) we will leave music running, you are welcome to practice and chat with the team.
Beyond Absolute Beginners
Once you've completed the Absolute Beginner SwingJive Course, you'll be able to follow on to the natural continuation course, either Intermediate Yellow or Intermediate Green, which can be taken in either order. Teachers will demonstrate moves for the continuation course, or you can view them on this link. There are a series of 6 x 10-week courses, each progressing along a pathway that you can follow, explained on this link.
You can visit our home page for more info about lots more classes and events.
You'll Love The Music
You'll recognise most of the music we play. At the beginner level we use big songs from big artists of the swing and rock'n'roll eras of the 1940s, 50s and 60s.
As you progress to higher levels we'll introduce you to more amazing music for dancing, some you may not have heard before! This includes original music from current jive, swing and rock'n'roll bands and less well-known retro music too.
Check out some of the typical music we use on this Spotify playlist! There are are more playlists on this link.
Can't Make Free Trial Day?
As location-based courses run over a set 10 week period, the free trial evening is on a specific date each term for each beginners course. If you are unable to attend that date then other options could be open to you:
- Take an online free trial - simply click on this link and take a trial on-demand
- Take a "late" free trial on Week 2 - use the "Free Trial Wk2" ticket option when booking your preferred course or contact us.
- Take a free trial at an alternative venue - book your free trial at the alternative venue and notify us of the switch when paying
- Book the course without taking a free trial - use the "Course Fee" ticket option when booking your preferred course
- Wait for a future course - click here to join our mailing list for notifications
Have Any Queries? Send Us a Message!
Terms & Conditions
By booking a course we understand that you accept our terms and conditions, which can be viewed on this link. Terms and conditions cover issues such as payments and refunds, class sizes, arranging dance partners and health and safety.